2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* nbtxlog.c
|
|
|
|
* WAL replay logic for btrees.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
2020-01-01 18:21:45 +01:00
|
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
|
|
|
* src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-08 21:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/bufmask.h"
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/nbtree.h"
|
2017-02-14 21:37:59 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/nbtxlog.h"
|
2006-07-13 18:49:20 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "access/transam.h"
|
2014-11-06 12:52:08 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "access/xlog.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "access/xlogutils.h"
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "miscadmin.h"
|
2019-11-12 04:00:16 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "storage/procarray.h"
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
#include "utils/memutils.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static MemoryContext opCtx; /* working memory for operations */
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2006-04-13 05:53:05 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _bt_restore_page -- re-enter all the index tuples on a page
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The page is freshly init'd, and *from (length len) is a copy of what
|
|
|
|
* had been its upper part (pd_upper to pd_special). We assume that the
|
|
|
|
* tuples had been added to the page in item-number order, and therefore
|
|
|
|
* the one with highest item number appears first (lowest on the page).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
_bt_restore_page(Page page, char *from, int len)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-01-26 00:04:21 +01:00
|
|
|
IndexTupleData itupdata;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
Size itemsz;
|
|
|
|
char *end = from + len;
|
2014-04-22 12:03:37 +02:00
|
|
|
Item items[MaxIndexTuplesPerPage];
|
|
|
|
uint16 itemsizes[MaxIndexTuplesPerPage];
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int nitems;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-22 12:03:37 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* To get the items back in the original order, we add them to the page in
|
|
|
|
* reverse. To figure out where one tuple ends and another begins, we
|
|
|
|
* have to scan them in forward order first.
|
2014-04-22 12:03:37 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (from < end)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* As we step through the items, 'from' won't always be properly
|
|
|
|
* aligned, so we need to use memcpy(). Further, we use Item (which
|
|
|
|
* is just a char*) here for our items array for the same reason;
|
|
|
|
* wouldn't want the compiler or anyone thinking that an item is
|
|
|
|
* aligned when it isn't.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-01-26 00:04:21 +01:00
|
|
|
memcpy(&itupdata, from, sizeof(IndexTupleData));
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
itemsz = IndexTupleSize(&itupdata);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
itemsz = MAXALIGN(itemsz);
|
2014-04-22 12:03:37 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
items[i] = (Item) from;
|
|
|
|
itemsizes[i] = itemsz;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from += itemsz;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nitems = i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = nitems - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(page, items[i], itemsizes[i], nitems - i,
|
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
Wording cleanup for error messages. Also change can't -> cannot.
Standard English uses "may", "can", and "might" in different ways:
may - permission, "You may borrow my rake."
can - ability, "I can lift that log."
might - possibility, "It might rain today."
Unfortunately, in conversational English, their use is often mixed, as
in, "You may use this variable to do X", when in fact, "can" is a better
choice. Similarly, "It may crash" is better stated, "It might crash".
2007-02-01 20:10:30 +01:00
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "_bt_restore_page: cannot add item to page");
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
from += itemsz;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_restore_meta(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
Buffer metabuf;
|
|
|
|
Page metapg;
|
|
|
|
BTMetaPageData *md;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_metadata *xlrec;
|
|
|
|
char *ptr;
|
|
|
|
Size len;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
metabuf = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, block_id);
|
|
|
|
ptr = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, block_id, &len);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assert(len == sizeof(xl_btree_metadata));
|
|
|
|
Assert(BufferGetBlockNumber(metabuf) == BTREE_METAPAGE);
|
|
|
|
xlrec = (xl_btree_metadata *) ptr;
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
metapg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(metapg, BufferGetPageSize(metabuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
md = BTPageGetMeta(metapg);
|
2004-06-02 19:28:18 +02:00
|
|
|
md->btm_magic = BTREE_MAGIC;
|
Make heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index column.
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 18:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
md->btm_version = xlrec->version;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
md->btm_root = xlrec->root;
|
|
|
|
md->btm_level = xlrec->level;
|
|
|
|
md->btm_fastroot = xlrec->fastroot;
|
|
|
|
md->btm_fastlevel = xlrec->fastlevel;
|
Fix nbtree metapage cache upgrade bug.
Commit 857f9c36cda, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly. Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).
However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check. Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152b intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time. This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes. The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.
To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12). The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152b on the v11 branch.
VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cda. It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.
Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
2019-07-18 22:22:56 +02:00
|
|
|
/* Cannot log BTREE_MIN_VERSION index metapage without upgrade */
|
|
|
|
Assert(md->btm_version >= BTREE_NOVAC_VERSION);
|
Skip full index scan during cleanup of B-tree indexes when possible
Vacuum of index consists from two stages: multiple (zero of more) ambulkdelete
calls and one amvacuumcleanup call. When workload on particular table
is append-only, then autovacuum isn't intended to touch this table. However,
user may run vacuum manually in order to fill visibility map and get benefits
of index-only scans. Then ambulkdelete wouldn't be called for indexes
of such table (because no heap tuples were deleted), only amvacuumcleanup would
be called In this case, amvacuumcleanup would perform full index scan for
two objectives: put recyclable pages into free space map and update index
statistics.
This patch allows btvacuumclanup to skip full index scan when two conditions
are satisfied: no pages are going to be put into free space map and index
statistics isn't stalled. In order to check first condition, we store
oldest btpo_xact in the meta-page. When it's precedes RecentGlobalXmin, then
there are some recyclable pages. In order to check second condition we store
number of heap tuples observed during previous full index scan by cleanup.
If fraction of newly inserted tuples is less than
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, then statistics isn't considered to be
stalled. vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor can be defined as both reloption and GUC (default).
This patch bumps B-tree meta-page version. Upgrade of meta-page is performed
"on the fly": during VACUUM meta-page is rewritten with new version. No special
handling in pg_upgrade is required.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Review by: Peter Geoghegan, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov, Yura Sokolov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAD21AoAX+d2oD_nrd9O2YkpzHaFr=uQeGr9s1rKC3O4ENc568g@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-04 18:29:00 +02:00
|
|
|
md->btm_oldest_btpo_xact = xlrec->oldest_btpo_xact;
|
|
|
|
md->btm_last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples = xlrec->last_cleanup_num_heap_tuples;
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
md->btm_allequalimage = xlrec->allequalimage;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(metapg);
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags = BTP_META;
|
|
|
|
|
2005-06-02 07:55:29 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-11-03 21:31:32 +01:00
|
|
|
* Set pd_lower just past the end of the metadata. This is essential,
|
|
|
|
* because without doing so, metadata will be lost if xlog.c compresses
|
|
|
|
* the page.
|
2005-06-02 07:55:29 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
((PageHeader) metapg)->pd_lower =
|
|
|
|
((char *) md + sizeof(BTMetaPageData)) - (char *) metapg;
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(metapg, lsn);
|
2006-04-01 01:32:07 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(metabuf);
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(metabuf);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _bt_clear_incomplete_split -- clear INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag on a page
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This is a common subroutine of the redo functions of all the WAL record
|
|
|
|
* types that can insert a downlink: insert, split, and newroot.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_clear_incomplete_split(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id)
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buf;
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, block_id, &buf) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
Page page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buf);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-18 22:36:28 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(P_INCOMPLETE_SPLIT(pageop));
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_INCOMPLETE_SPLIT;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buf);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buf))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_insert(bool isleaf, bool ismeta, bool posting,
|
|
|
|
XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
|
|
|
Page page;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-03-24 10:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* Insertion to an internal page finishes an incomplete split at the child
|
|
|
|
* level. Clear the incomplete-split flag in the child. Note: during
|
|
|
|
* normal operation, the child and parent pages are locked at the same
|
|
|
|
* time, so that clearing the flag and inserting the downlink appear
|
2014-03-24 10:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
* atomic to other backends. We don't bother with that during replay,
|
|
|
|
* because readers don't care about the incomplete-split flag and there
|
|
|
|
* cannot be updates happening.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!isleaf)
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_clear_incomplete_split(record, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
Size datalen;
|
|
|
|
char *datapos = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &datalen);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
page = BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
if (!posting)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Simple retail insertion */
|
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) datapos, datalen, xlrec->offnum,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "failed to add new item");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid;
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple oposting,
|
|
|
|
newitem,
|
|
|
|
nposting;
|
|
|
|
uint16 postingoff;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* A posting list split occurred during leaf page insertion. WAL
|
|
|
|
* record data will start with an offset number representing the
|
|
|
|
* point in an existing posting list that a split occurs at.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Use _bt_swap_posting() to repeat posting list split steps from
|
|
|
|
* primary. Note that newitem from WAL record is 'orignewitem',
|
|
|
|
* not the final version of newitem that is actually inserted on
|
|
|
|
* page.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
postingoff = *((uint16 *) datapos);
|
|
|
|
datapos += sizeof(uint16);
|
|
|
|
datalen -= sizeof(uint16);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, OffsetNumberPrev(xlrec->offnum));
|
|
|
|
oposting = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use mutable, aligned newitem copy in _bt_swap_posting() */
|
|
|
|
Assert(isleaf && postingoff > 0);
|
|
|
|
newitem = CopyIndexTuple((IndexTuple) datapos);
|
|
|
|
nposting = _bt_swap_posting(newitem, oposting, postingoff);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Replace existing posting list with post-split version */
|
|
|
|
memcpy(oposting, nposting, MAXALIGN(IndexTupleSize(nposting)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert "final" new item (not orignewitem from WAL stream) */
|
|
|
|
Assert(IndexTupleSize(newitem) == datalen);
|
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) newitem, datalen, xlrec->offnum,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "failed to add posting split new item");
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Note: in normal operation, we'd update the metapage while still holding
|
|
|
|
* lock on the page we inserted into. But during replay it's not
|
|
|
|
* necessary to hold that lock, since no other index updates can be
|
|
|
|
* happening concurrently, and readers will cope fine with following an
|
|
|
|
* obsolete link from the metapage.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-06-06 19:01:25 +02:00
|
|
|
if (ismeta)
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_restore_meta(record, 2);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_split(bool newitemonleft, XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
bool isleaf = (xlrec->level == 0);
|
|
|
|
Buffer lbuf;
|
2007-04-11 22:47:38 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer rbuf;
|
|
|
|
Page rpage;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque ropaque;
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
char *datapos;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
Size datalen;
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber leftsib;
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber rightsib;
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber rnext;
|
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, NULL, NULL, &leftsib);
|
|
|
|
XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 1, NULL, NULL, &rightsib);
|
|
|
|
if (!XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 2, NULL, NULL, &rnext))
|
|
|
|
rnext = P_NONE;
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Clear the incomplete split flag on the left sibling of the child page
|
2014-03-24 10:02:23 +01:00
|
|
|
* this is a downlink for. (Like in btree_xlog_insert, this can be done
|
|
|
|
* before locking the other pages)
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!isleaf)
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_clear_incomplete_split(record, 3);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Reconstruct right (new) sibling page from scratch */
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
rbuf = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 1);
|
|
|
|
datapos = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 1, &datalen);
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
rpage = (Page) BufferGetPage(rbuf);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(rpage, BufferGetPageSize(rbuf));
|
|
|
|
ropaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
ropaque->btpo_prev = leftsib;
|
|
|
|
ropaque->btpo_next = rnext;
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
ropaque->btpo.level = xlrec->level;
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
ropaque->btpo_flags = isleaf ? BTP_LEAF : 0;
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
ropaque->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_restore_page(rpage, datapos, datalen);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(rpage, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(rbuf);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Now reconstruct left (original) sibling page */
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &lbuf) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* To retain the same physical order of the tuples that they had, we
|
|
|
|
* initialize a temporary empty page for the left page and add all the
|
|
|
|
* items to that in item number order. This mirrors how _bt_split()
|
2019-05-08 21:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
* works. Retaining the same physical order makes WAL consistency
|
|
|
|
* checking possible. See also _bt_restore_page(), which does the
|
|
|
|
* same for the right page.
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
Page lpage = (Page) BufferGetPage(lbuf);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque lopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(lpage);
|
|
|
|
OffsetNumber off;
|
2019-03-20 22:04:35 +01:00
|
|
|
IndexTuple newitem = NULL,
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
left_hikey = NULL,
|
|
|
|
nposting = NULL;
|
2019-03-20 22:04:35 +01:00
|
|
|
Size newitemsz = 0,
|
|
|
|
left_hikeysz = 0;
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
Page newlpage;
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
OffsetNumber leftoff,
|
|
|
|
replacepostingoff = InvalidOffsetNumber;
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
datapos = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &datalen);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
if (newitemonleft || xlrec->postingoff != 0)
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
newitem = (IndexTuple) datapos;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
newitemsz = MAXALIGN(IndexTupleSize(newitem));
|
|
|
|
datapos += newitemsz;
|
|
|
|
datalen -= newitemsz;
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (xlrec->postingoff != 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid;
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple oposting;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Posting list must be at offset number before new item's */
|
|
|
|
replacepostingoff = OffsetNumberPrev(xlrec->newitemoff);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use mutable, aligned newitem copy in _bt_swap_posting() */
|
|
|
|
newitem = CopyIndexTuple(newitem);
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(lpage, replacepostingoff);
|
|
|
|
oposting = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(lpage, itemid);
|
|
|
|
nposting = _bt_swap_posting(newitem, oposting,
|
|
|
|
xlrec->postingoff);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 03:30:25 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Extract left hikey and its size. We assume that 16-bit alignment
|
|
|
|
* is enough to apply IndexTupleSize (since it's fetching from a
|
|
|
|
* uint16 field).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Make heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index column.
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 18:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
left_hikey = (IndexTuple) datapos;
|
|
|
|
left_hikeysz = MAXALIGN(IndexTupleSize(left_hikey));
|
|
|
|
datapos += left_hikeysz;
|
|
|
|
datalen -= left_hikeysz;
|
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
Assert(datalen == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
newlpage = PageGetTempPageCopySpecial(lpage);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set high key */
|
|
|
|
leftoff = P_HIKEY;
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newlpage, (Item) left_hikey, left_hikeysz,
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
P_HIKEY, false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "failed to add high key to left page after split");
|
|
|
|
leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
for (off = P_FIRSTDATAKEY(lopaque); off < xlrec->firstrightoff; off++)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
ItemId itemid;
|
|
|
|
Size itemsz;
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
IndexTuple item;
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Add replacement posting list when required */
|
|
|
|
if (off == replacepostingoff)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
Assert(newitemonleft ||
|
|
|
|
xlrec->firstrightoff == xlrec->newitemoff);
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newlpage, (Item) nposting,
|
|
|
|
MAXALIGN(IndexTupleSize(nposting)), leftoff,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "failed to add new posting list item to left page after split");
|
|
|
|
leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
|
|
|
|
continue; /* don't insert oposting */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
/* add the new item if it was inserted on left page */
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
else if (newitemonleft && off == xlrec->newitemoff)
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newlpage, (Item) newitem, newitemsz, leftoff,
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "failed to add new item to left page after split");
|
2014-04-22 12:03:37 +02:00
|
|
|
leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(lpage, off);
|
|
|
|
itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
item = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(lpage, itemid);
|
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newlpage, (Item) item, itemsz, leftoff,
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "failed to add old item to left page after split");
|
|
|
|
leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* cope with possibility that newitem goes at the end */
|
2020-04-14 01:39:55 +02:00
|
|
|
if (newitemonleft && off == xlrec->newitemoff)
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-03-01 01:25:54 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newlpage, (Item) newitem, newitemsz, leftoff,
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "failed to add new item to left page after split");
|
|
|
|
leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageRestoreTempPage(newlpage, lpage);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fix opaque fields */
|
|
|
|
lopaque->btpo_flags = BTP_INCOMPLETE_SPLIT;
|
|
|
|
if (isleaf)
|
|
|
|
lopaque->btpo_flags |= BTP_LEAF;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
lopaque->btpo_next = rightsib;
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
lopaque->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(lpage, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(lbuf);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-08 21:47:20 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We no longer need the buffers. They must be released together, so that
|
|
|
|
* readers cannot observe two inconsistent halves.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(lbuf))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(lbuf);
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(rbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Fix left-link of the page to the right of the new right sibling.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note: in normal operation, we do this while still holding lock on the
|
|
|
|
* two split pages. However, that's not necessary for correctness in WAL
|
|
|
|
* replay, because no other index update can be in progress, and readers
|
|
|
|
* will cope properly when following an obsolete left-link.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (rnext != P_NONE)
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
2007-04-11 22:47:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 2, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
Page page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = rightsib;
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
2007-02-08 06:05:53 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
btree_xlog_dedup(XLogReaderState *record)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
|
|
|
xl_btree_dedup *xlrec = (xl_btree_dedup *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
|
|
|
Buffer buf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buf) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *ptr = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, NULL);
|
|
|
|
Page page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buf);
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
OffsetNumber offnum,
|
|
|
|
minoff,
|
|
|
|
maxoff;
|
|
|
|
BTDedupState state;
|
|
|
|
BTDedupInterval *intervals;
|
|
|
|
Page newpage;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
state = (BTDedupState) palloc(sizeof(BTDedupStateData));
|
|
|
|
state->deduplicate = true; /* unused */
|
2020-06-19 17:57:24 +02:00
|
|
|
state->nmaxitems = 0; /* unused */
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Conservatively use larger maxpostingsize than primary */
|
|
|
|
state->maxpostingsize = BTMaxItemSize(page);
|
|
|
|
state->base = NULL;
|
|
|
|
state->baseoff = InvalidOffsetNumber;
|
|
|
|
state->basetupsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
state->htids = palloc(state->maxpostingsize);
|
|
|
|
state->nhtids = 0;
|
|
|
|
state->nitems = 0;
|
|
|
|
state->phystupsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
state->nintervals = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
minoff = P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque);
|
|
|
|
maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
|
|
|
|
newpage = PageGetTempPageCopySpecial(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!P_RIGHTMOST(opaque))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid = PageGetItemId(page, P_HIKEY);
|
|
|
|
Size itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple item = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(newpage, (Item) item, itemsz, P_HIKEY,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "deduplication failed to add highkey");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
intervals = (BTDedupInterval *) ptr;
|
|
|
|
for (offnum = minoff;
|
|
|
|
offnum <= maxoff;
|
|
|
|
offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum);
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple itup = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (offnum == minoff)
|
|
|
|
_bt_dedup_start_pending(state, itup, offnum);
|
|
|
|
else if (state->nintervals < xlrec->nintervals &&
|
|
|
|
state->baseoff == intervals[state->nintervals].baseoff &&
|
|
|
|
state->nitems < intervals[state->nintervals].nitems)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (!_bt_dedup_save_htid(state, itup))
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "deduplication failed to add heap tid to pending posting list");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
_bt_dedup_finish_pending(newpage, state);
|
|
|
|
_bt_dedup_start_pending(state, itup, offnum);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_bt_dedup_finish_pending(newpage, state);
|
|
|
|
Assert(state->nintervals == xlrec->nintervals);
|
|
|
|
Assert(memcmp(state->intervals, intervals,
|
|
|
|
state->nintervals * sizeof(BTDedupInterval)) == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (P_HAS_GARBAGE(opaque))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque nopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(newpage);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nopaque->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_HAS_GARBAGE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageRestoreTempPage(newpage, page);
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buf))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_vacuum(XLogReaderState *record)
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2019-12-19 20:35:55 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_vacuum *xlrec = (xl_btree_vacuum *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
|
|
|
Page page;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque opaque;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2019-12-19 20:35:55 +01:00
|
|
|
* We need to take a cleanup lock here, just like btvacuumpage(). However,
|
|
|
|
* it isn't necessary to exhaustively get a cleanup lock on every block in
|
|
|
|
* the index during recovery (just getting a cleanup lock on pages with
|
|
|
|
* items to kill suffices). See nbtree/README for details.
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended(record, 0, RBM_NORMAL, true, &buffer)
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
== BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2019-12-19 20:35:55 +01:00
|
|
|
char *ptr = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, NULL);
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
if (xlrec->nupdated > 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
OffsetNumber *updatedoffsets;
|
|
|
|
xl_btree_update *updates;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
updatedoffsets = (OffsetNumber *)
|
|
|
|
(ptr + xlrec->ndeleted * sizeof(OffsetNumber));
|
|
|
|
updates = (xl_btree_update *) ((char *) updatedoffsets +
|
|
|
|
xlrec->nupdated *
|
|
|
|
sizeof(OffsetNumber));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < xlrec->nupdated; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BTVacuumPosting vacposting;
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple origtuple;
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid;
|
|
|
|
Size itemsz;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, updatedoffsets[i]);
|
|
|
|
origtuple = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vacposting = palloc(offsetof(BTVacuumPostingData, deletetids) +
|
|
|
|
updates->ndeletedtids * sizeof(uint16));
|
|
|
|
vacposting->updatedoffset = updatedoffsets[i];
|
|
|
|
vacposting->itup = origtuple;
|
|
|
|
vacposting->ndeletedtids = updates->ndeletedtids;
|
|
|
|
memcpy(vacposting->deletetids,
|
|
|
|
(char *) updates + SizeOfBtreeUpdate,
|
|
|
|
updates->ndeletedtids * sizeof(uint16));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_bt_update_posting(vacposting);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Overwrite updated version of tuple */
|
|
|
|
itemsz = MAXALIGN(IndexTupleSize(vacposting->itup));
|
|
|
|
if (!PageIndexTupleOverwrite(page, updatedoffsets[i],
|
|
|
|
(Item) vacposting->itup, itemsz))
|
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "failed to update partially dead item");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pfree(vacposting->itup);
|
|
|
|
pfree(vacposting);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* advance to next xl_btree_update from array */
|
|
|
|
updates = (xl_btree_update *)
|
|
|
|
((char *) updates + SizeOfBtreeUpdate +
|
|
|
|
updates->ndeletedtids * sizeof(uint16));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (xlrec->ndeleted > 0)
|
|
|
|
PageIndexMultiDelete(page, (OffsetNumber *) ptr, xlrec->ndeleted);
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark the page as not containing any LP_DEAD items --- see comments
|
|
|
|
* in _bt_delitems_vacuum().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
opaque->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_HAS_GARBAGE;
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_delete(XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_delete *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
|
|
|
Page page;
|
2006-07-25 21:13:00 +02:00
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque opaque;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we have any conflict processing to do, it must happen before we
|
2020-01-01 20:32:07 +01:00
|
|
|
* update the page
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (InHotStandby)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
RelFileNode rnode;
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
Compute XID horizon for page level index vacuum on primary.
Previously the xid horizon was only computed during WAL replay. That
had two major problems:
1) It relied on knowing what the table pointed to looks like. That was
easy enough before the introducing of tableam (we knew it had to be
heap, although some trickery around logging the heap relfilenodes
was required). But to properly handle table AMs we need
per-database catalog access to look up the AM handler, which
recovery doesn't allow.
2) Not knowing the xid horizon also makes it hard to support logical
decoding on standbys. When on a catalog table, we need to be able
to conflict with slots that have an xid horizon that's too old. But
computing the horizon by visiting the heap only works once
consistency is reached, but we always need to be able to detect
conflicts.
There's also a secondary problem, in that the current method performs
redundant work on every standby. But that's counterbalanced by
potentially computing the value when not necessary (either because
there's no standby, or because there's no connected backends).
Solve 1) and 2) by moving computation of the xid horizon to the
primary and by involving tableam in the computation of the horizon.
To address the potentially increased overhead, increase the efficiency
of the xid horizon computation for heap by sorting the tids, and
eliminating redundant buffer accesses. When prefetching is available,
additionally perform prefetching of buffers. As this is more of a
maintenance task, rather than something routinely done in every read
only query, we add an arbitrary 10 to the effective concurrency -
thereby using IO concurrency, when not globally enabled. That's
possibly not the perfect formula, but seems good enough for now.
Bumps WAL format, as latestRemovedXid is now part of the records, and
the heap's relfilenode isn't anymore.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20181212204154.nsxf3gzqv3gesl32@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20181214014235.dal5ogljs3bmlq44@alap3.anarazel.de
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-26 22:41:46 +01:00
|
|
|
ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(xlrec->latestRemovedXid, rnode);
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
|
|
|
* We don't need to take a cleanup lock to apply these changes. See
|
|
|
|
* nbtree/README for details.
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2020-01-03 21:18:13 +01:00
|
|
|
char *ptr = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, NULL);
|
2003-02-23 23:43:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 21:18:13 +01:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
2003-02-23 23:43:09 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-03 21:18:13 +01:00
|
|
|
PageIndexMultiDelete(page, (OffsetNumber *) ptr, xlrec->ndeleted);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-01-01 20:32:07 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Mark the page as not containing any LP_DEAD items */
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
opaque->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_HAS_GARBAGE;
|
2006-07-25 21:13:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_mark_page_halfdead(uint8 info, XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_mark_page_halfdead *xlrec = (xl_btree_mark_page_halfdead *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
|
|
|
Page page;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
IndexTupleData trunctuple;
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In normal operation, we would lock all the pages this WAL record
|
|
|
|
* touches before changing any of them. In WAL replay, it should be okay
|
|
|
|
* to lock just one page at a time, since no concurrent index updates can
|
|
|
|
* be happening, and readers should not care whether they arrive at the
|
|
|
|
* target page or not (since it's surely empty).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-11 20:01:07 +02:00
|
|
|
/* to-be-deleted subtree's parent page */
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 1, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
OffsetNumber poffset;
|
|
|
|
ItemId itemid;
|
|
|
|
IndexTuple itup;
|
|
|
|
OffsetNumber nextoffset;
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber rightsib;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
2019-12-19 17:19:10 +01:00
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
poffset = xlrec->poffset;
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nextoffset = OffsetNumberNext(poffset);
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, nextoffset);
|
|
|
|
itup = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
2019-12-17 02:49:45 +01:00
|
|
|
rightsib = BTreeTupleGetDownLink(itup);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, poffset);
|
|
|
|
itup = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
|
2019-12-17 02:49:45 +01:00
|
|
|
BTreeTupleSetDownLink(itup, rightsib);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
nextoffset = OffsetNumberNext(poffset);
|
|
|
|
PageIndexTupleDelete(page, nextoffset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(buffer))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Rewrite the leaf page as a halfdead page */
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
buffer = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0);
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer));
|
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = xlrec->leftblk;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_next = xlrec->rightblk;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo.level = 0;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags = BTP_HALF_DEAD | BTP_LEAF;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2020-05-11 20:01:07 +02:00
|
|
|
* Construct a dummy high key item that points to top parent page (value
|
|
|
|
* is InvalidBlockNumber when the top parent page is the leaf page itself)
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
MemSet(&trunctuple, 0, sizeof(IndexTupleData));
|
|
|
|
trunctuple.t_info = sizeof(IndexTupleData);
|
2018-04-23 14:55:10 +02:00
|
|
|
BTreeTupleSetTopParent(&trunctuple, xlrec->topparent);
|
Adjust INCLUDE index truncation comments and code.
Add several assertions that ensure that we're dealing with a pivot tuple
without non-key attributes where that's expected. Also, remove the
assertion within _bt_isequal(), restoring the v10 function signature. A
similar check will be performed for the page highkey within
_bt_moveright() in most cases. Also avoid dropping all objects within
regression tests, to increase pg_dump test coverage for INCLUDE indexes.
Rather than using infrastructure that's generally intended to be used
with reference counted heap tuple descriptors during truncation, use the
same function that was introduced to store flat TupleDescs in shared
memory (we use a temp palloc'd buffer). This isn't strictly necessary,
but seems more future-proof than the old approach. It also lets us
avoid including rel.h within indextuple.c, which was arguably a
modularity violation. Also, we now call index_deform_tuple() with the
truncated TupleDesc, not the source TupleDesc, since that's more robust,
and saves a few cycles.
In passing, fix a memory leak by pfree'ing truncated pivot tuple memory
during CREATE INDEX. Also pfree during a page split, just to be
consistent.
Refactor _bt_check_natts() to be more readable.
Author: Peter Geoghegan with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-Wz%3DkCWuXeMrBCopC-tFs3FbiVxQNjjgNKdG2sHxZ5k2y3w%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-19 07:45:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) &trunctuple, sizeof(IndexTupleData), P_HIKEY,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not add dummy high key to half-dead page");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_unlink_page(uint8 info, XLogReaderState *record)
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_unlink_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_unlink_page *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber leftsib;
|
|
|
|
BlockNumber rightsib;
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer leftbuf;
|
|
|
|
Buffer target;
|
|
|
|
Buffer rightbuf;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
Page page;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
leftsib = xlrec->leftsib;
|
|
|
|
rightsib = xlrec->rightsib;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In normal operation, we would lock all the pages this WAL record
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
* touches before changing any of them. In WAL replay, we at least lock
|
|
|
|
* the pages in the same standard left-to-right order (leftsib, target,
|
|
|
|
* rightsib), and don't release the sibling locks until the target is
|
|
|
|
* marked deleted.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* btree_xlog_split() can get away with fixing its right sibling page's
|
|
|
|
* left link last of all, after dropping all other locks. We prefer to
|
|
|
|
* avoid dropping locks on same-level pages early compared to normal
|
|
|
|
* operation. This keeps things simple for backwards scans. See
|
|
|
|
* nbtree/README.
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
/* Fix right-link of left sibling, if any */
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
if (leftsib != P_NONE)
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 1, &leftbuf) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(leftbuf);
|
2014-08-13 14:39:08 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_next = rightsib;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(leftbuf);
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
leftbuf = InvalidBuffer;
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Rewrite target page as empty deleted page */
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
target = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0);
|
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(target);
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(page, BufferGetPageSize(target));
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
2005-06-06 19:01:25 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = leftsib;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_next = rightsib;
|
2010-03-19 11:41:22 +01:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo.xact = xlrec->btpo_xact;
|
2005-06-06 19:01:25 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags = BTP_DELETED;
|
2006-05-08 02:00:17 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-06 19:01:25 +02:00
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(target);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fix left-link of right sibling */
|
|
|
|
if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 2, &rightbuf) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(rightbuf);
|
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = leftsib;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(rightbuf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release siblings */
|
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(leftbuf))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(leftbuf);
|
|
|
|
if (BufferIsValid(rightbuf))
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(rightbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release target */
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(target);
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we deleted a parent of the targeted leaf page, instead of the leaf
|
|
|
|
* itself, update the leaf to point to the next remaining child in the
|
2020-05-11 20:01:07 +02:00
|
|
|
* to-be-deleted subtree
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (XLogRecHasBlockRef(record, 3))
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* There is no real data on the page, so we just re-create it from
|
|
|
|
* scratch using the information from the WAL record.
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note that we don't end up here when the target page is also the
|
|
|
|
* leafbuf page. There is no need to add a dummy hikey item with a
|
|
|
|
* top parent link when deleting leafbuf because it's the last page
|
|
|
|
* we'll delete in the subtree undergoing deletion.
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
Buffer leafbuf;
|
|
|
|
IndexTupleData trunctuple;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
leafbuf = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 3);
|
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(leafbuf);
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(page, BufferGetPageSize(leafbuf));
|
2015-06-30 12:37:16 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags = BTP_HALF_DEAD | BTP_LEAF;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = xlrec->leafleftsib;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_next = xlrec->leafrightsib;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo.level = 0;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a dummy hikey item */
|
|
|
|
MemSet(&trunctuple, 0, sizeof(IndexTupleData));
|
|
|
|
trunctuple.t_info = sizeof(IndexTupleData);
|
2018-04-23 14:55:10 +02:00
|
|
|
BTreeTupleSetTopParent(&trunctuple, xlrec->topparent);
|
Adjust INCLUDE index truncation comments and code.
Add several assertions that ensure that we're dealing with a pivot tuple
without non-key attributes where that's expected. Also, remove the
assertion within _bt_isequal(), restoring the v10 function signature. A
similar check will be performed for the page highkey within
_bt_moveright() in most cases. Also avoid dropping all objects within
regression tests, to increase pg_dump test coverage for INCLUDE indexes.
Rather than using infrastructure that's generally intended to be used
with reference counted heap tuple descriptors during truncation, use the
same function that was introduced to store flat TupleDescs in shared
memory (we use a temp palloc'd buffer). This isn't strictly necessary,
but seems more future-proof than the old approach. It also lets us
avoid including rel.h within indextuple.c, which was arguably a
modularity violation. Also, we now call index_deform_tuple() with the
truncated TupleDesc, not the source TupleDesc, since that's more robust,
and saves a few cycles.
In passing, fix a memory leak by pfree'ing truncated pivot tuple memory
during CREATE INDEX. Also pfree during a page split, just to be
consistent.
Refactor _bt_check_natts() to be more readable.
Author: Peter Geoghegan with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-Wz%3DkCWuXeMrBCopC-tFs3FbiVxQNjjgNKdG2sHxZ5k2y3w%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-19 07:45:58 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) &trunctuple, sizeof(IndexTupleData), P_HIKEY,
|
|
|
|
false, false) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
|
|
|
|
elog(ERROR, "could not add dummy high key to half-dead page");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
2020-08-04 00:54:38 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(leafbuf);
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(leafbuf);
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
/* Update metapage if needed */
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (info == XLOG_BTREE_UNLINK_PAGE_META)
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_restore_meta(record, 4);
|
2003-02-23 07:17:13 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_newroot(XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_newroot *xlrec = (xl_btree_newroot *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
|
|
|
Buffer buffer;
|
|
|
|
Page page;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque pageop;
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
char *ptr;
|
|
|
|
Size len;
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
buffer = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0);
|
2016-04-20 15:31:19 +02:00
|
|
|
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
|
2006-03-29 23:17:39 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_pageinit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer));
|
|
|
|
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags = BTP_ROOT;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_prev = pageop->btpo_next = P_NONE;
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo.level = xlrec->level;
|
|
|
|
if (xlrec->level == 0)
|
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_flags |= BTP_LEAF;
|
2006-05-08 02:00:17 +02:00
|
|
|
pageop->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
if (xlrec->level > 0)
|
2006-04-13 05:53:05 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
ptr = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &len);
|
|
|
|
_bt_restore_page(page, ptr, len);
|
Make the handling of interrupted B-tree page splits more robust.
Splitting a page consists of two separate steps: splitting the child page,
and inserting the downlink for the new right page to the parent. Previously,
we handled the case that you crash in between those steps with a cleanup
routine after the WAL recovery had finished, which finished the incomplete
split. However, that doesn't help if the page split is interrupted but the
database doesn't crash, so that you don't perform WAL recovery. That could
happen for example if you run out of disk space.
Remove the end-of-recovery cleanup step. Instead, when a page is split, the
left page is marked with a new INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag, and when the downlink
is inserted to the parent, the flag is cleared again. If an insertion sees
a page with the flag set, it knows that the split was interrupted for some
reason, and inserts the missing downlink before proceeding.
I used the same approach to fix GIN and GiST split algorithms earlier. This
was the last WAL cleanup routine, so we could get rid of that whole
machinery now, but I'll leave that for a separate patch.
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-18 19:12:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the incomplete-split flag in left child */
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_clear_incomplete_split(record, 1);
|
2006-04-13 05:53:05 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
|
2006-04-01 01:32:07 +02:00
|
|
|
MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
|
|
|
|
UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
_bt_restore_meta(record, 2);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_reuse_page(XLogReaderState *record)
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
xl_btree_reuse_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_reuse_page *) XLogRecGetData(record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-03 21:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
* Btree reuse_page records exist to provide a conflict point when we
|
|
|
|
* reuse pages in the index via the FSM. That's all they do though.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* latestRemovedXid was the page's btpo.xact. The btpo.xact <
|
|
|
|
* RecentGlobalXmin test in _bt_page_recyclable() conceptually mirrors the
|
|
|
|
* pgxact->xmin > limitXmin test in GetConflictingVirtualXIDs().
|
|
|
|
* Consequently, one XID value achieves the same exclusion effect on
|
2020-06-14 23:05:18 +02:00
|
|
|
* primary and standby.
|
2012-08-03 21:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-02-13 01:59:58 +01:00
|
|
|
if (InHotStandby)
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(xlrec->latestRemovedXid,
|
|
|
|
xlrec->node);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-13 01:59:58 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
void
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_redo(XLogReaderState *record)
|
Fix multiple problems in WAL replay.
Most of the replay functions for WAL record types that modify more than
one page failed to ensure that those pages were locked correctly to ensure
that concurrent queries could not see inconsistent page states. This is
a hangover from coding decisions made long before Hot Standby was added,
when it was hardly necessary to acquire buffer locks during WAL replay
at all, let alone hold them for carefully-chosen periods.
The key problem was that RestoreBkpBlocks was written to hold lock on each
page restored from a full-page image for only as long as it took to update
that page. This was guaranteed to break any WAL replay function in which
there was any update-ordering constraint between pages, because even if the
nominal order of the pages is the right one, any mixture of full-page and
non-full-page updates in the same record would result in out-of-order
updates. Moreover, it wouldn't work for situations where there's a
requirement to maintain lock on one page while updating another. Failure
to honor an update ordering constraint in this way is thought to be the
cause of bug #7648 from Daniel Farina: what seems to have happened there
is that a btree page being split was rewritten from a full-page image
before the new right sibling page was written, and because lock on the
original page was not maintained it was possible for hot standby queries to
try to traverse the page's right-link to the not-yet-existing sibling page.
To fix, get rid of RestoreBkpBlocks as such, and instead create a new
function RestoreBackupBlock that restores just one full-page image at a
time. This function can be invoked by WAL replay functions at the points
where they would otherwise perform non-full-page updates; in this way, the
physical order of page updates remains the same no matter which pages are
replaced by full-page images. We can then further adjust the logic in
individual replay functions if it is necessary to hold buffer locks
for overlapping periods. A side benefit is that we can simplify the
handling of concurrency conflict resolution by moving that code into the
record-type-specfic functions; there's no more need to contort the code
layout to keep conflict resolution in front of the RestoreBkpBlocks call.
In connection with that, standardize on zero-based numbering rather than
one-based numbering for referencing the full-page images. In HEAD, I
removed the macros XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1 through XLR_BKP_BLOCK_4. They are
still there in the header files in previous branches, but are no longer
used by the code.
In addition, fix some other bugs identified in the course of making these
changes:
spgRedoAddNode could fail to update the parent downlink at all, if the
parent tuple is in the same page as either the old or new split tuple and
we're not doing a full-page image: it would get fooled by the LSN having
been advanced already. This would result in permanent index corruption,
not just transient failure of concurrent queries.
Also, ginHeapTupleFastInsert's "merge lists" case failed to mark the old
tail page as a candidate for a full-page image; in the worst case this
could result in torn-page corruption.
heap_xlog_freeze() was inconsistent about using a cleanup lock or plain
exclusive lock: it did the former in the normal path but the latter for a
full-page image. A plain exclusive lock seems sufficient, so change to
that.
Also, remove gistRedoPageDeleteRecord(), which has been dead code since
VACUUM FULL was rewritten.
Back-patch to 9.0, where hot standby was introduced. Note however that 9.0
had a significantly different WAL-logging scheme for GIST index updates,
and it doesn't appear possible to make that scheme safe for concurrent hot
standby queries, because it can leave inconsistent states in the index even
between WAL records. Given the lack of complaints from the field, we won't
work too hard on fixing that branch.
2012-11-13 04:05:08 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
MemoryContext oldCtx;
|
2009-01-20 19:59:37 +01:00
|
|
|
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
oldCtx = MemoryContextSwitchTo(opCtx);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
switch (info)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_LEAF:
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_insert(true, false, false, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_UPPER:
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_insert(false, false, false, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_META:
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_insert(false, true, false, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L:
|
Make heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index column.
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 18:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_split(true, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R:
|
Make heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index column.
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 18:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_split(false, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_POST:
|
|
|
|
btree_xlog_insert(true, false, true, record);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_DEDUP:
|
|
|
|
btree_xlog_dedup(record);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_VACUUM:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_vacuum(record);
|
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby.
Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record.
New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far.
This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required.
Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit.
Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_delete(record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_MARK_PAGE_HALFDEAD:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_mark_page_halfdead(info, record);
|
Fix race condition in B-tree page deletion.
In short, we don't allow a page to be deleted if it's the rightmost child
of its parent, but that situation can change after we check for it.
Problem
-------
We check that the page to be deleted is not the rightmost child of its
parent, and then lock its left sibling, the page itself, its right sibling,
and the parent, in that order. However, if the parent page is split after
the check but before acquiring the locks, the target page might become the
rightmost child, if the split happens at the right place. That leads to an
error in vacuum (I reproduced this by setting a breakpoint in debugger):
ERROR: failed to delete rightmost child 41 of block 3 in index "foo_pkey"
We currently re-check that the page is still the rightmost child, and throw
the above error if it's not. We could easily just give up rather than throw
an error, but that approach doesn't scale to half-dead pages. To recap,
although we don't normally allow deleting the rightmost child, if the page
is the *only* child of its parent, we delete the child page and mark the
parent page as half-dead in one atomic operation. But before we do that, we
check that the parent can later be deleted, by checking that it in turn is
not the rightmost child of the grandparent (potentially recursing all the
way up to the root). But the same situation can arise there - the
grandparent can be split while we're not holding the locks. We end up with
a half-dead page that we cannot delete.
To make things worse, the keyspace of the deleted page has already been
transferred to its right sibling. As the README points out, the keyspace at
the grandparent level is "out-of-whack" until the half-dead page is deleted,
and if enough tuples with keys in the transferred keyspace are inserted, the
page might get split and a downlink might be inserted into the grandparent
that is out-of-order. That might not cause any serious problem if it's
transient (as the README ponders), but is surely bad if it stays that way.
Solution
--------
This patch changes the page deletion algorithm to avoid that problem. After
checking that the topmost page in the chain of to-be-deleted pages is not
the rightmost child of its parent, and then deleting the pages from bottom
up, unlink the pages from top to bottom. This way, the intermediate stages
are similar to the intermediate stages in page splitting, and there is no
transient stage where the keyspace is "out-of-whack". The topmost page in
the to-be-deleted chain doesn't have a downlink pointing to it, like a page
split before the downlink has been inserted.
This also allows us to get rid of the cleanup step after WAL recovery, if we
crash during page deletion. The deletion will be continued at next VACUUM,
but the tree is consistent for searches and insertions at every step.
This bug is old, all supported versions are affected, but this patch is too
big to back-patch (and changes the WAL record formats of related records).
We have not heard any reports of the bug from users, so clearly it's not
easy to bump into. Maybe backpatch later, after this has had some field
testing.
Reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Peter Geoghegan.
2014-03-14 14:43:58 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_UNLINK_PAGE:
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_UNLINK_PAGE_META:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_unlink_page(info, record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_NEWROOT:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_newroot(record);
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-04-30 08:34:29 +02:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_REUSE_PAGE:
|
Revamp the WAL record format.
Each WAL record now carries information about the modified relation and
block(s) in a standardized format. That makes it easier to write tools that
need that information, like pg_rewind, prefetching the blocks to speed up
recovery, etc.
There's a whole new API for building WAL records, replacing the XLogRecData
chains used previously. The new API consists of XLogRegister* functions,
which are called for each buffer and chunk of data that is added to the
record. The new API also gives more control over when a full-page image is
written, by passing flags to the XLogRegisterBuffer function.
This also simplifies the XLogReadBufferForRedo() calls. The function can dig
the relation and block number from the WAL record, so they no longer need to
be passed as arguments.
For the convenience of redo routines, XLogReader now disects each WAL record
after reading it, copying the main data part and the per-block data into
MAXALIGNed buffers. The data chunks are not aligned within the WAL record,
but the redo routines can assume that the pointers returned by XLogRecGet*
functions are. Redo routines are now passed the XLogReaderState, which
contains the record in the already-disected format, instead of the plain
XLogRecord.
The new record format also makes the fixed size XLogRecord header smaller,
by removing the xl_len field. The length of the "main data" portion is now
stored at the end of the WAL record, and there's a separate header after
XLogRecord for it. The alignment padding at the end of XLogRecord is also
removed. This compansates for the fact that the new format would otherwise
be more bulky than the old format.
Reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera,
Fujii Masao.
2014-11-20 16:56:26 +01:00
|
|
|
btree_xlog_reuse_page(record);
|
2010-04-30 08:34:29 +02:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Skip full index scan during cleanup of B-tree indexes when possible
Vacuum of index consists from two stages: multiple (zero of more) ambulkdelete
calls and one amvacuumcleanup call. When workload on particular table
is append-only, then autovacuum isn't intended to touch this table. However,
user may run vacuum manually in order to fill visibility map and get benefits
of index-only scans. Then ambulkdelete wouldn't be called for indexes
of such table (because no heap tuples were deleted), only amvacuumcleanup would
be called In this case, amvacuumcleanup would perform full index scan for
two objectives: put recyclable pages into free space map and update index
statistics.
This patch allows btvacuumclanup to skip full index scan when two conditions
are satisfied: no pages are going to be put into free space map and index
statistics isn't stalled. In order to check first condition, we store
oldest btpo_xact in the meta-page. When it's precedes RecentGlobalXmin, then
there are some recyclable pages. In order to check second condition we store
number of heap tuples observed during previous full index scan by cleanup.
If fraction of newly inserted tuples is less than
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, then statistics isn't considered to be
stalled. vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor can be defined as both reloption and GUC (default).
This patch bumps B-tree meta-page version. Upgrade of meta-page is performed
"on the fly": during VACUUM meta-page is rewritten with new version. No special
handling in pg_upgrade is required.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Review by: Peter Geoghegan, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov, Yura Sokolov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAD21AoAX+d2oD_nrd9O2YkpzHaFr=uQeGr9s1rKC3O4ENc568g@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-04 18:29:00 +02:00
|
|
|
case XLOG_BTREE_META_CLEANUP:
|
|
|
|
_bt_restore_meta(record, 0);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
elog(PANIC, "btree_redo: unknown op code %u", info);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method. The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs. Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required. New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples. The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed. Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.
The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach. Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before. The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits. The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).
Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key). The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective. This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.
A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication. The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible. This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.
There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values. The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely. Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").
Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.
No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12). However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from. This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 22:05:30 +01:00
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCtx);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextReset(opCtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
btree_xlog_startup(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
opCtx = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
|
|
|
|
"Btree recovery temporary context",
|
|
|
|
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
btree_xlog_cleanup(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextDelete(opCtx);
|
|
|
|
opCtx = NULL;
|
2003-02-21 01:06:22 +01:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-08 21:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mask a btree page before performing consistency checks on it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
btree_mask(char *pagedata, BlockNumber blkno)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Page page = (Page) pagedata;
|
|
|
|
BTPageOpaque maskopaq;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-22 20:28:22 +02:00
|
|
|
mask_page_lsn_and_checksum(page);
|
2017-02-08 21:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mask_page_hint_bits(page);
|
|
|
|
mask_unused_space(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
maskopaq = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (P_ISDELETED(maskopaq))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mask page content on a DELETED page since it will be re-initialized
|
|
|
|
* during replay. See btree_xlog_unlink_page() for details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mask_page_content(page);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (P_ISLEAF(maskopaq))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In btree leaf pages, it is possible to modify the LP_FLAGS without
|
|
|
|
* emitting any WAL record. Hence, mask the line pointer flags. See
|
|
|
|
* _bt_killitems(), _bt_check_unique() for details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mask_lp_flags(page);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* BTP_HAS_GARBAGE is just an un-logged hint bit. So, mask it. See
|
|
|
|
* _bt_killitems(), _bt_check_unique() for details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
maskopaq->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_HAS_GARBAGE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* During replay of a btree page split, we don't set the BTP_SPLIT_END
|
|
|
|
* flag of the right sibling and initialize the cycle_id to 0 for the same
|
|
|
|
* page. See btree_xlog_split() for details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
maskopaq->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_SPLIT_END;
|
|
|
|
maskopaq->btpo_cycleid = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|